xushenghao
/
system
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

使用HAL库

This commit is contained in:
许晟昊 2025-01-21 10:56:50 +08:00
parent 8d9f5ae77c
commit 20e96af075
44 changed files with 43 additions and 38145 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

56
bsp/gpios.h
View File

@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_SET(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin(port, pin))
#define GPIO_SET(port, pin) (HAL_GPIO_WritePin(port, pin, GPIO_PIN_SET))
/**
* @brief Set the GPIO pin to low.
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_RESET(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin(port, pin))
#define GPIO_RESET(port, pin) (HAL_GPIO_WritePin(port, pin, GPIO_PIN_RESET))
/**
* @brief Toggle the state of the GPIO pin.
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_TOGGLE(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_TogglePin(port, pin))
#define GPIO_TOGGLE(port, pin) (HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(port, pin))
/**
* @brief Read the state of the GPIO pin.
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
* @return The state of the GPIO pin (1 if high, 0 if low).
*/
#define GPIO_READ(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet(port, pin))
#define GPIO_READ(port, pin) (HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(port, pin) == GPIO_PIN_SET)
/**
* @brief Set the GPIO pin as input.
@ -53,7 +53,15 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_SET_INPUT(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(port, pin, LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT))
#define GPIO_SET_INPUT(port, pin) \
do \
{ \
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = pin; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_INPUT; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; \
HAL_GPIO_Init(port, &GPIO_InitStruct); \
} while (0)
/**
* @brief Set the GPIO pin as output.
@ -61,10 +69,15 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_SET_OUTPUT(port, pin) \
do \
{ \
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(port, pin, LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT); \
#define GPIO_SET_OUTPUT(port, pin) \
do \
{ \
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = pin; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; \
HAL_GPIO_Init(port, &GPIO_InitStruct); \
} while (0)
/**
@ -73,7 +86,17 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_SET_ALTERNATE(port, pin) (LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(port, pin, LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
#define GPIO_SET_ALTERNATE(port, pin, af) \
do \
{ \
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = pin; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = af; \
HAL_GPIO_Init(port, &GPIO_InitStruct); \
} while (0)
/**
* @brief Set the GPIO pin as analog.
@ -81,12 +104,15 @@
* @param port The GPIO port.
* @param pin The GPIO pin.
*/
#define GPIO_SET_ANALOG(port, pin) \
do \
{ \
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(port, pin, LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG); \
#define GPIO_SET_ANALOG(port, pin) \
do \
{ \
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0}; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = pin; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG; \
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; \
HAL_GPIO_Init(port, &GPIO_InitStruct); \
} while (0)
/**
* @brief Structure representing a GPIO pin.
*/

10
delay.c
View File

@ -19,11 +19,6 @@ extern void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt(void);
// static uint16_t g_fac_ms = 0; // ms延时倍乘数,在os下,代表每个节拍的ms数
static uint32_t g_fac_us = 0; /* us延时倍乘数 */
void SysTick_Init(void)
{
NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, 3);
LL_SYSTICK_EnableIT();
}
/**
* @brief 初始化延迟函数
* @param sysclk: 系统时钟频率, 即CPU频率(rcc_c_ck)
@ -34,8 +29,6 @@ void delay_init(uint16_t sysclk)
#if SYS_SUPPORT_OS /* 如果需要支持OS */
uint32_t reload;
#endif
// SysTick_Init();
// LL_SetSystemCoreClock(LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK); /* SYSTICK使用内核时钟源,同CPU同频率 */
g_fac_us = sysclk; /* 不论是否使用OS,g_fac_us都需要使用 */
// Remove the redundant assignment statement
#if SYS_SUPPORT_OS /* 如果需要支持OS. */
@ -140,9 +133,6 @@ void delay_us(uint32_t nus)
*/
void delay_hardware_us(TIM_TypeDef *timer_us, uint32_t us)
{
RESET_TIM_COUNT(timer_us);
while (LL_TIM_GetCounter(timer_us) < us)
; // 等待计数器达到指定值
}
/**

15
freertos/inc/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
# FreeRTOS internal cmake file. Do not use it in user top-level project
add_library(freertos_kernel_include INTERFACE)
target_include_directories(freertos_kernel_include
INTERFACE
.
# Note: DEPRECATED but still supported, may be removed in a future release.
$<$<NOT:$<TARGET_EXISTS:freertos_config>>:${FREERTOS_CONFIG_FILE_DIRECTORY}>
)
target_link_libraries(freertos_kernel_include
INTERFACE
$<$<TARGET_EXISTS:freertos_config>:freertos_config>
)

3335
freertos/inc/FreeRTOS.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

86
freertos/inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS V202411.00
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#include "main.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ((unsigned long)SystemCoreClock)
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000)
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (5)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((unsigned short)128)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)(8 * 1024))
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (16)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES (2)
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
/* This is the raw value as per the Cortex-M3 NVIC. Values can be 255
(lowest) to 0 (1?) (highest). */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 191 /* equivalent to 0xb0, or priority 11. */
/* This is the value being used as per the ST library which permits 16
priority values, 0 to 15. This must correspond to the
configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY setting. Here 15 corresponds to the lowest
NVIC value of 255. */
#define configLIBRARY_KERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15
#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler
#define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */

34
freertos/inc/StackMacros.h
View File

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in a future release.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"

427
freertos/inc/atomic.h
View File

@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*
* The atomic interface can be used in FreeRTOS tasks on all FreeRTOS ports. It
* can also be used in Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs) on FreeRTOS ports that
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 1). The
* atomic interface must not be used in ISRs on FreeRTOS ports that do not
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 0)
* because ISRs on these ports cannot be interrupted and therefore, do not need
* atomics in ISRs.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if ( portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS == 1 )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

762
freertos/inc/croutine.h
View File

@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
* control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
* the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (* crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
UBaseType_t uxIndex );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /**< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /**< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /**< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /**< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /**< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
* crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
* UBaseType_t uxPriority,
* UBaseType_t uxIndex
* );
* @endcode
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* // This may not be necessary for const variables.
* static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
* static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
* // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
* // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
* // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
* // already been created.
* vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
* crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
*
* // Function that creates two co-routines.
* void vOtherFunction( void )
* {
* uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
* TaskHandle_t xHandle;
*
* // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
* // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
* // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
* for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
* {
* xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
* @endcode
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
* // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
* void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
* {
* vCoRoutineSchedule();
* }
*
* // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
* // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineSchedule() within an
* // infinite loop.
* void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* vCoRoutineSchedule();
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );
* @endcode
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static int32_t ulAVariable;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Co-routine functionality goes here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) \
switch( ( ( CRCB_t * ) ( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { \
case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crEND();
* @endcode
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static int32_t ulAVariable;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Co-routine functionality goes here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) \
( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( __LINE__ * 2 ); return; \
case ( __LINE__ * 2 ):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) \
( ( CRCB_t * ) ( xHandle ) )->uxState = ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ); return; \
case ( ( __LINE__ * 2 ) + 1 ):
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
* @endcode
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine to be created.
* void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* // This may not be necessary for const variables.
* // We are to delay for 200ms.
* static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Delay for 200ms.
* crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
*
* // Do something here.
* }
*
* // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
do { \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
} while( 0 )
/**
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND(
* CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait,
* BaseType_t *pxResult
* )
* @endcode
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
* // a queue.
* static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
* static BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // This assumes the queue has already been created.
* crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult != pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was not posted!
* }
*
* // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
* xNumberToPost++;
*
* // Delay for 100 ticks.
* crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
* }
*
* // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
do { \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
} while( 0 )
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
* CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait,
* BaseType_t *pxResult
* )
* @endcode
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
* // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
* static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
* static BaseType_t xResult;
* static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
* vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
* }
* }
*
* crEND();
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
do { \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
} while( 0 )
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
* )
* @endcode
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
* static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* char cRxedChar;
* BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
* // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* // Was a character received?
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // Process the character here.
* }
* }
*
* // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
*
* // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
* // a co-routine.
* void vUART_ISR( void )
* {
* char cRxedChar;
* BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
*
* // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
* while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
* {
* // Obtain the character from the UART.
* cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
*
* // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
* // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
* // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
* // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
* // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
* // many characters are posted to the queue.
* xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) \
xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* @code{c}
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
* QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
* )
* @endcode
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
* // period. The character is incremented each time.
* static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
* {
* // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
* // be declared static.
* static char cCharToTx = 'a';
* BaseType_t xResult;
*
* // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
* crSTART( xHandle );
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Send the next character to the queue.
* crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
* }
* else
* {
* // Could not post the character to the queue.
* }
*
* // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
* // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
* // from the queue and send it.
* ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
*
* // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
* // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
* // declared static.
* cCharToTx++;
* if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
* {
* cCharToTx = 'a';
* }
* crDELAY( 100 );
* }
*
* // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
* crEND();
* }
*
* // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
* void vUART_ISR( void )
* {
* char cCharToTx;
* BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
*
* while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
* {
* // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
* // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
* // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
* // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
* if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
* {
* SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
* }
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) \
xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList );
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the coroutine module. It must be
* called by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vCoRoutineResetState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

281
freertos/inc/deprecated_definitions.h
View File

@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
* definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
* projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
* FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
* FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far * pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

857
freertos/inc/event_groups.h
View File

@ -1,857 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
* item value. It is important they don't clash with the
* taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0100U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0200U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0400U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint16_t ) 0xff00U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint32_t ) 0x01000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint32_t ) 0x02000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint32_t ) 0x04000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint32_t ) 0xff000000U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0100000000000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0200000000000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0400000000000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint64_t ) 0xff00000000000000U )
#endif /* if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS ) */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
struct EventGroupDef_t;
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS (16 bits if set to 0,
* 32 bits if set to 1, 64 bits if set to 2.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreate()
* to be available.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
* EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
*
* // Attempt to create the event group.
* xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
*
* // Was the event group created successfully?
* if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
* {
* // The event group was not created because there was insufficient
* // FreeRTOS heap available.
* }
* else
* {
* // The event group was created.
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreateStatic()
* to be available.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
* structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
* // size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
* // provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
* // group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
* // settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
* // real event group internals. This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
* // into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
* // the event group's data structures
* StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
*
* // Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
* xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
* const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupWaitBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. A value of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block
* indefinitely (provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
* // the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
* uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
* pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
* pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
* xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
* }
* else
* {
* // xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
* // without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
* @endcode
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupClearBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
*
* // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
* // called. Both will now be clear (not set).
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
* // now be clear.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
* // now be clear.
* }
* else
* {
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @note If this function returns pdPASS then the timer task is ready to run
* and a portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE) should be executed to perform the needed
* clear on the event group. This behavior is different from
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR because the parameter xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is
* not present.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
*
* void anInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* // Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
*
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was posted successfully.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE);
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToClear ), NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* @endcode
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
* EventBits_t uxBits;
*
* // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
*
* if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
* {
* // Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
* // cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
* // task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
* // state.
* }
* else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
* {
* // Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
* // cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
* // task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
* // state.
* }
* else
* {
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
* // was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
* // cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
*
* void anInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
*
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
* xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
* xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
* xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
* BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* // Was the message posted successfully?
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToSet ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSync()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* @code{c}
* // Bits used by the three tasks.
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
*
* #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
*
* // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
* // group has already been created elsewhere.
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
*
* void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
* {
* EventBits_t uxReturn;
* TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
*
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
* // by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
* // point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
* // for this to happen.
* uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
*
* if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
* {
* // All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
* // to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
* }
* }
* }
*
* void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
* // bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
* // synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
* // indefinitely for this to happen.
* xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
*
* // xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
* // this task will only reach here if the synchronisation was made by all
* // three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
* }
* }
*
* void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
* {
* for( ;; )
* {
* // Perform task functionality here.
*
* // Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
* // synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
* // bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
* // synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
* // indefinitely for this to happen.
* xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
*
* // xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
* // this task will only reach here if the synchronisation was made by all
* // three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
* }
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( ( xEventGroup ), 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* @endcode
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for vEventGroupDelete()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve a pointer to a statically created event groups's data structure
* buffer. It is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of creation.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxEventGroupBuffer Used to return a pointer to the event groups's
* data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

511
freertos/inc/list.h
View File

@ -1,511 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* ascending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /**< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /**< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /**< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /**< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /**< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#else
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#endif
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /**< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /**< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in ascending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 )
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
do { \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->xListEnd.pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
} while( 0 )
#else /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/* This function is not required in SMP. FreeRTOS SMP scheduler doesn't use
* pxIndex and it should always point to the xListEnd. Not defining this macro
* here to prevent updating pxIndex.
*/
#endif /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/*
* Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value. Provided as a slight
* optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove ) \
do { \
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list \
* item. */ \
List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer; \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext; \
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ \
if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) ) \
{ \
pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
} \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL; \
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) - 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
* xTaskIncrementTick().
*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem ) \
do { \
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex; \
\
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch \
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch \
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */ \
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) ); \
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) ); \
\
/* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list, \
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to \
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex; \
( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; \
\
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem ); \
pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem ); \
\
/* Remember which list the item is in. */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList ); \
\
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */

967
freertos/inc/message_buffer.h
View File

@ -1,967 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
* Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
* task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
* length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another. Their
* implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
* to task and core to core communication scenarios.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* timeout to 0.
*
* Message buffers hold variable length messages. To enable that, when a
* message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
* are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
* the API function). sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
* architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
* by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
* of the message).
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include message_buffer.h"
#endif
/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
#include "stream_buffer.h"
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/**
* Type by which message buffers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
* then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
* etc. Message buffer is essentially built as a stream buffer hence its handle
* is also set to same type as a stream buffer handle.
*/
typedef StreamBufferHandle_t MessageBufferHandle_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
* memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
*
* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
* buffer will be able to hold at any one time. When a message is written to
* the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
* store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
* 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
* take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a send operation to the
* message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, then it will use the default implementation
* provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a receive operation from
* the message buffer is complete. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate()
* is called without the parameter, it will use the default implementation provided
* by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
* because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
* the message buffer data structures and storage area. A non-NULL value being
* returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
* the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
* buffer.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* void vAFunction( void )
* {
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
* const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
*
* // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes. The memory used to hold
* // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
* // dynamically. Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
* // bytes which are used to hold the length of the message.
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
*
* if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
* {
* // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
* // message buffer.
* }
* else
* {
* // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, sbTYPE_MESSAGE_BUFFER, NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreate( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), ( size_t ) 0, sbTYPE_MESSAGE_BUFFER, ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
* uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory. See
* xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferCreateStatic() to be available.
*
* @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
* pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter. When a message is written to the
* message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
* the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
* 14 bytes of message buffer space. The maximum number of bytes that can be
* stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
*
* @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
* least xBufferSizeBytes big. This is the array to which messages are
* copied when they are written to the message buffer.
*
* @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
* StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
* structure.
*
* @param pxSendCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a new message is sent to the message buffer.
* If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, then it will use the default
* implementation provided by sbSEND_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @param pxReceiveCompletedCallback Callback invoked when a message is read from a
* message buffer. If the parameter is NULL or xMessageBufferCreate() is called without the parameter, it will
* use the default implementation provided by sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED macro. To enable the callback,
* configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
* created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
* pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
*
* // Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages. The available space
* // will actually be one less than this, so 999.
#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
*
* // Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
* // buffer.
* static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
*
* // The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
* StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
*
* void MyFunction( void )
* {
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucStorageBuffer ),
* ucStorageBuffer,
* &xMessageBufferStruct );
*
* // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
* // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
* // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
*
* // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
* }
*
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, sbTYPE_MESSAGE_BUFFER, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), NULL, NULL )
#if ( configUSE_SB_COMPLETED_CALLBACK == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferCreateStaticWithCallback( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer, pxSendCompletedCallback, pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) \
xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( ( xBufferSizeBytes ), 0, sbTYPE_MESSAGE_BUFFER, ( pucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( pxStaticMessageBuffer ), ( pxSendCompletedCallback ), ( pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) )
#endif
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* uint8_t ** ppucMessageBufferStorageArea,
* StaticMessageBuffer_t ** ppxStaticMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created message buffer's data structure
* buffer and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
* at the time of creation.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The message buffer for which to retrieve the buffers.
*
* @param ppucMessageBufferStorageArea Used to return a pointer to the
* message buffer's storage area buffer.
*
* @param ppxStaticMessageBuffer Used to return a pointer to the message
* buffer's data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise..
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#define xMessageBufferGetStaticBuffers( xMessageBuffer, ppucMessageBufferStorageArea, ppxStaticMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( ppucMessageBufferStorageArea ), ( ppxStaticMessageBuffer ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Sends a discrete message to the message buffer. The message can be any
* length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
* buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferSend() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
* in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
* message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
* xMessageBufferSend() is called. The calling task will never block if
* xTicksToWait is zero. The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
* absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The macro
* pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
* a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
* the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer. If the call to
* xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
* message into the message buffer then zero is returned. If the call did not
* time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
*
* // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
* // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
*
* if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
* {
* // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
* // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
* }
*
* // Send the string to the message buffer. Return immediately if there is
* // not enough space in the buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
* // not enough free space in the buffer.
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferSend( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* const void *pvTxData,
* size_t xDataLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
* the message buffer. The message can be any length that fits within the
* buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
* service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
* being sent.
*
* @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
* message buffer.
*
* @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message. That is, the number of
* bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer. When a message is
* written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
* written to store the message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
* on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
* xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
* bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for data. Calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
* was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
* task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
* will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE. If
* xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. This will
* ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
* state task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
* is passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer. If the
* message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
* then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A message buffer that has already been created.
* MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* size_t xBytesSent;
* char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
* xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
* strlen( pcStringToSend ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
* {
* // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
* // not enough free space in the buffer.
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvTxData ), ( xDataLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* @endcode
*
* Receives a discrete message from a message buffer. Messages can be of
* variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferReceive() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
* Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
* xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
* the message buffer is empty. The block time is specified in tick periods, so
* the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency. The
* macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
* into a time specified in ticks. Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
* cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. Tasks do not use any
* CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any. If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
* then zero is returned. If the length of the message is greater than
* xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
* zero is returned.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
*
* // Receive the next message from the message buffer. Wait in the Blocked
* // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
* // a message to become available.
* xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* xBlockTime );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
* // the message here....
* }
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) \
xStreamBufferReceive( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( xTicksToWait ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
* void *pvRxData,
* size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
* message from a message buffer. Messages can be of variable length and are
* copied out of the buffer.
*
* ***NOTE***: Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
* implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
* are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
* interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
* interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader). It is safe for the
* writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
* FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
* multiple different readers. If there are to be multiple different writers
* then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
* (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
* block time to 0. Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
* then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
* (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
* block time to 0.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task. Use
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
* is being received.
*
* @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
* to be copied.
*
* @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
* parameter. This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
* If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
* will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken It is possible that a message buffer will
* have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available. Calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
* that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state. If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
* the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
* (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
* xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
* If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
* context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited. That will
* ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
* task. *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
* passed into the function. See the code example below for an example.
*
* @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
* any.
*
* Example use:
* @code{c}
* // A message buffer that has already been created.
* MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
*
* void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
* size_t xReceivedBytes;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
*
* // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
* xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
* ( void * ) ucRxData,
* sizeof( ucRxData ),
* &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
* {
* // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long. Process
* // the message here....
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
* // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
* // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
* // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
* // task. In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into portYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
* // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary. Check the
* // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* @endcode
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pvRxData ), ( xBufferLengthBytes ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
* xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic(). If the message
* buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
* then the allocated memory is freed.
*
* A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
* deleted.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* vMessageBufferDelete() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
*
*/
#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) \
vStreamBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is full. A message buffer is full if it
* cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
* by a message being removed from the message buffer.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferIsFull() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferIsEmpty() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
* pdTRUE is returned. Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReset() to reset a message buffer from a task.
* Use xMessageBufferResetFromISR() to reset a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferReset() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferReset( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferResetFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* An interrupt safe version of the API function that resets the message buffer.
* Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
* contained.
*
* A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
*
* Use xMessageBufferReset() to reset a message buffer from a task.
* Use xMessageBufferResetFromISR() to reset a message buffer from an
* interrupt service routine (ISR).
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferResetFromISR() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
*
* @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned. If the
* message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
* the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
* a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferResetFromISR xMessageBufferResetFromISR
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferResetFromISR( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferResetFromISR( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
* the message buffer would be full. When a message is written to the message
* buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
* message's length. sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
* architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
* of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer )
#define xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) /* Corrects typo in original macro name. */
/**
* message_buffer.h
* @code{c}
* size_t xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
* @endcode
* Returns the length (in bytes) of the next message in a message buffer.
* Useful if xMessageBufferReceive() returned 0 because the size of the buffer
* passed into xMessageBufferReceive() was too small to hold the next message.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
*
* @return The length (in bytes) of the next message in the message buffer, or 0
* if the message buffer is empty.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes
* \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferNextLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer ) \
xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( xMessageBuffer )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task that
* was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
* the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
* from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
* thing. It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
* version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
* written.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* message_buffer.h
*
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* @endcode
*
* For advanced users only.
*
* The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
* data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer. If there was a task
* that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
* then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
* remove it from the Blocked state. xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
* does the same thing. It is provided to enable application writers to
* implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
* ANY OTHER TIME.
*
* See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
* additional information.
*
* configUSE_STREAM_BUFFERS must be set to 1 in for FreeRTOSConfig.h for
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() to be available.
*
* @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
* read.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
* initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR(). If calling
* xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
* and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
* then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
* context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
*
* @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
* Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
* \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
* \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
*/
#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( xMessageBuffer ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#if defined( __cplusplus )
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

389
freertos/inc/mpu_prototypes.h
View File

@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyParams
{
TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify;
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify;
uint32_t ulValue;
eNotifyAction eAction;
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue;
} xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t;
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams
{
UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit;
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t;
typedef struct xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams
{
TimerHandle_t xTimer;
BaseType_t xCommandID;
TickType_t xOptionalValue;
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t;
typedef struct xEventGroupWaitBitsParams
{
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor;
BaseType_t xClearOnExit;
BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t;
/* MPU versions of task.h API functions. */
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWaitEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify,
const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers( TaskHandle_t xTask,
StackType_t ** ppuxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t ** ppxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskEntry( const xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBitsEntry( const xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )*/
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffers,
uint8_t * ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * ppxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

105
freertos/inc/mpu_syscall_numbers.h
View File

@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
#define MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
/* Numbers assigned to various system calls. */
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotify 0
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyWait 1
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask 2
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupWaitBits 3
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskDelayUntil 4
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskAbortDelay 5
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskDelay 6
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskPriorityGet 7
#define SYSTEM_CALL_eTaskGetState 8
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskGetInfo 9
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 10
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSuspend 11
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskResume 12
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetTickCount 13
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks 14
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter 15
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent 16
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent 17
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter 18
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag 19
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag 20
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer 21
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer 22
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetSystemState 23
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 24
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 25
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 26
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetSchedulerState 27
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetTimeOutState 28
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskCheckForTimeOut 29
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake 30
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear 31
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear 32
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGenericSend 33
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueMessagesWaiting 34
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueSpacesAvailable 35
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueReceive 36
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueuePeek 37
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSemaphoreTake 38
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGetMutexHolder 39
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive 40
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive 41
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSelectFromSet 42
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueAddToSet 43
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueAddToRegistry 44
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueUnregisterQueue 45
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcQueueGetName 46
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTimerGetTimerID 47
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetTimerID 48
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerIsTimerActive 49
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 50
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcTimerGetName 51
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetReloadMode 52
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetReloadMode 53
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTimerGetReloadMode 54
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetPeriod 55
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetExpiryTime 56
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupClearBits 57
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSetBits 58
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSync 59
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxEventGroupGetNumber 60
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vEventGroupSetNumber 61
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSend 62
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferReceive 63
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsFull 64
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsEmpty 65
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable 66
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable 67
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel 68
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes 69
#define NUM_SYSTEM_CALLS 70 /* Total number of system calls. */
#endif /* MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H */

276
freertos/inc/mpu_wrappers.h
View File

@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard task.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define xTaskDelayUntil MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define xTaskGetStaticBuffers MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers
#define uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGet MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR
#define xTaskResumeFromISR MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR
#define xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR
#define vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif /* #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers
#define xQueueGenericSendFromISR MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR
#define xQueueGiveFromISR MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
#define xQueueReceiveFromISR MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR
#define uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR
#define xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR
#define xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromTask MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xTimerGetReloadMode MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define xTimerGetStaticBuffer MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromISR MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) )
#define uxEventGroupGetNumber MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber
#define vEventGroupSetNumber MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers
#define xStreamBufferSendFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
#define xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferResetFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
#if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToRevokeAccess ) )
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) ) */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

62
freertos/inc/newlib-freertos.h
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
/* Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
* used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves. FreeRTOS is not
* responsible for resulting newlib operation. User must be familiar with
* newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
* stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
* implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
*
* See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
* for additional information. */
#include <reent.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#ifndef configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE struct _reent
#endif
#ifndef configINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) _REENT_INIT_PTR( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configSET_TLS_BLOCK
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) ( _impure_ptr = &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#endif /* INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H */

91
freertos/inc/picolibc-freertos.h
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
/* Use picolibc TLS support to allocate space for __thread variables,
* initialize them at thread creation and set the TLS context at
* thread switch time.
*
* See the picolibc TLS docs:
* https://github.com/picolibc/picolibc/blob/main/doc/tls.md
* for additional information. */
#include <picotls.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE void *
#define picolibcTLS_SIZE ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) _tls_size() )
#define picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#if __PICOLIBC_MAJOR__ > 1 || __PICOLIBC_MINOR__ >= 8
/* Picolibc 1.8 and newer have explicit alignment values provided
* by the _tls_align() inline */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ( _tls_align() - 1 ) )
#else
/* For older Picolibc versions, use the general port alignment value */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#endif
/* Allocate thread local storage block off the end of the
* stack. The picolibcTLS_SIZE macro returns the size (in
* bytes) of the total TLS area used by the application.
* Calculate the top of stack address. */
#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) - \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) & \
~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) - 1 ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack + \
picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & ~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) + \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) + picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _set_tls( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#endif /* INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H */

281
freertos/inc/portable.h
View File

@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
#define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE StackType_t
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged,
xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged,
xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 ) */
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1 )
void * pvPortMallocStack( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFreeStack( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
#endif
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the heap module. It must be called
* by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void )
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called when allocation failed.
*/
void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
#endif
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given buffer.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer which the calling task wants to access.
* @param ulBufferLength The length of the pvBuffer.
* @param ulAccessRequested The permissions that the calling task wants.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the buffer,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessBuffer( const void * pvBuffer,
uint32_t ulBufferLength,
uint32_t ulAccessRequested ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given kernel object.
*
* @param lInternalIndexOfKernelObject The index of the kernel object in the kernel
* object handle pool.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the kernel object,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) )
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessKernelObject( int32_t lInternalIndexOfKernelObject ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

138
freertos/inc/projdefs.h
View File

@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * arg );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
/* Converts a time in ticks to a time in milliseconds. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTimeInTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInTicks ) * ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) / ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5aULL
#else
#error configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS set to unsupported tick type width.
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

1810
freertos/inc/queue.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1215
freertos/inc/semphr.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

141
freertos/inc/stack_macros.h
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING is a number of extra words to consider to be in
* use on the stack.
*/
#ifndef portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING
#define portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING 0
#endif
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack + portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack - portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5U; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

58
freertos/inc/stdint.readme
View File

@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_STDINT
#define FREERTOS_STDINT
/*******************************************************************************
* THIS IS NOT A FULL stdint.h IMPLEMENTATION - It only contains the definitions
* necessary to build the FreeRTOS code. It is provided to allow FreeRTOS to be
* built using compilers that do not provide their own stdint.h definition.
*
* To use this file:
*
* 1) Copy this file into the directory that contains your FreeRTOSConfig.h
* header file, as that directory will already be in the compiler's include
* path.
*
* 2) Rename the copied file stdint.h.
*
*/
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef long int32_t;
typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
#define SIZE_MAX ( ( size_t ) -1 )
#endif
#endif /* FREERTOS_STDINT */

1280
freertos/inc/stream_buffer.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3774
freertos/inc/task.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1431
freertos/inc/timers.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5
freertos/port/MemMang/ReadMe.url
View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
Prop3=19,2
[InternetShortcut]
URL=https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
IDList=

165
freertos/port/MemMang/heap_1.c
View File

@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
* implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
*
* See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Index into the ucHeap array. */
static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0U;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
void * pvReturn = NULL;
static uint8_t * pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned. */
#if ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 )
{
if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
{
/* Byte alignment required. Check for overflow. */
if( ( xWantedSize + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) ) > xWantedSize )
{
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
}
#endif /* if ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1 ) */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
{
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) & ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
}
/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation and. */
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && /* valid size */
( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) ) /* Check for overflow. */
{
/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
* block. */
pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void * pv )
{
/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
* heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
( void ) pv;
/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
configASSERT( pv == NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset the state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void )
{
xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

401
freertos/port/MemMang/heap_2.c
View File

@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
* allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
* into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory). See heap_4.c for
* an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
#ifndef configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE
#define configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE 0
#endif
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Max value that fits in a size_t type. */
#define heapSIZE_MAX ( ~( ( size_t ) 0 ) )
/* Check if multiplying a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > 0 ) && ( ( b ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX / ( a ) ) ) )
/* Check if adding a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( a ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX - ( b ) ) )
/* MSB of the xBlockSize member of an BlockLink_t structure is used to track
* the allocation status of a block. When MSB of the xBlockSize member of
* an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the application.
* When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap space. */
#define heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ( ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 ) )
#define heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xBlockSize ) ( ( ( xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) == 0 )
#define heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxBlock ) ( ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) != 0 )
#define heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) |= heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
#define heapFREE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) &= ~heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
* of their size. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize * 2 ) )
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BlockLink_t xStart, xEnd;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
* fragmentation. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Indicates whether the heap has been initialised or not. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BaseType_t xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
/*
* Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
* the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
* of the list.
*/
#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
{ \
BlockLink_t * pxIterator; \
size_t xBlockSize; \
\
xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
\
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
/* than the block we are inserting. */ \
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
{ \
/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
} \
\
/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
/* position. */ \
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxPreviousBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxNewBlockLink;
void * pvReturn = NULL;
size_t xAdditionalRequiredSize;
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
/* The wanted size must be increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
* structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xHeapStructSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
* of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xAdditionalRequiredSize = portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xAdditionalRequiredSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xAdditionalRequiredSize;
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
* initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
{
prvHeapInit();
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
}
/* Check the block size we are trying to allocate is not so large that the
* top bit is set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t
* structure is used to determine who owns the block - the application or
* the kernel, so it must be free. */
if( heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xWantedSize ) != 0 )
{
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
* (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space - jumping over the BlockLink_t structure
* at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
* list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
* following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
* used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
* block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks.
* The list of free blocks is sorted by their size, we have to
* iterate to find the right place to insert new block. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
* by the application and has no "next" block. */
heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock );
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
}
}
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void * pv )
{
uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t * pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
* before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
* byte alignment warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
configASSERT( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
* allocated. */
heapFREE_BLOCK( pxLink );
#if ( configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE == 1 )
{
( void ) memset( puc + xHeapStructSize, 0, pxLink->xBlockSize - xHeapStructSize );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize )
{
void * pv = NULL;
if( heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( xNum, xSize ) == 0 )
{
pv = pvPortMalloc( xNum * xSize );
if( pv != NULL )
{
( void ) memset( pv, 0, xNum * xSize );
}
}
return pv;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
{
BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t * pucAlignedHeap;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) & ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ] ) & ( ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) );
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
* entire heap space. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset the state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void )
{
xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

106
freertos/port/MemMang/heap_3.c
View File

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
* compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
*
* This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
* a heap memory area.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
void * pvReturn;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void * pv )
{
if( pv != NULL )
{
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
free( pv );
traceFREE( pv, 0 );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset the state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void )
{
/* No state needs to be re-initialised in heap_3. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

626
freertos/port/MemMang/heap_4.c
View File

@ -1,626 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
* limits memory fragmentation.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
#ifndef configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE
#define configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Max value that fits in a size_t type. */
#define heapSIZE_MAX ( ~( ( size_t ) 0 ) )
/* Check if multiplying a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > 0 ) && ( ( b ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX / ( a ) ) ) )
/* Check if adding a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( a ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX - ( b ) ) )
/* Check if the subtraction operation ( a - b ) will result in underflow. */
#define heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( a ) < ( b ) )
/* MSB of the xBlockSize member of an BlockLink_t structure is used to track
* the allocation status of a block. When MSB of the xBlockSize member of
* an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the application.
* When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap space. */
#define heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ( ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 ) )
#define heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xBlockSize ) ( ( ( xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) == 0 )
#define heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxBlock ) ( ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) != 0 )
#define heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) |= heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
#define heapFREE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) &= ~heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if ( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
* heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
* of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /**< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /**< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/* Setting configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR to 1 enables heap block pointers
* protection using an application supplied canary value to catch heap
* corruption should a heap buffer overflow occur.
*/
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
/**
* @brief Application provided function to get a random value to be used as canary.
*
* @param pxHeapCanary [out] Output parameter to return the canary value.
*/
extern void vApplicationGetRandomHeapCanary( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE * pxHeapCanary );
/* Canary value for protecting internal heap pointers. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE xHeapCanary;
/* Macro to load/store BlockLink_t pointers to memory. By XORing the
* pointers with a random canary value, heap overflows will result
* in randomly unpredictable pointer values which will be caught by
* heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER assert. */
#define heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) ( ( BlockLink_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ( pxBlock ) ) ^ xHeapCanary ) )
#else
#define heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) ( pxBlock )
#endif /* configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR */
/* Assert that a heap block pointer is within the heap bounds. */
#define heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) \
configASSERT( ( ( uint8_t * ) ( pxBlock ) >= &( ucHeap[ 0 ] ) ) && \
( ( uint8_t * ) ( pxBlock ) <= &( ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - 1 ] ) ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
* block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BlockLink_t xStart;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BlockLink_t * pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
* number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = ( size_t ) 0U;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxPreviousBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxNewBlockLink;
void * pvReturn = NULL;
size_t xAdditionalRequiredSize;
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
/* The wanted size must be increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
* structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xHeapStructSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
* of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xAdditionalRequiredSize = portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xAdditionalRequiredSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xAdditionalRequiredSize;
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
* initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( pxEnd == NULL )
{
prvHeapInit();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Check the block size we are trying to allocate is not so large that the
* top bit is set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t
* structure is used to determine who owns the block - the application or
* the kernel, so it must be free. */
if( heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xWantedSize ) != 0 )
{
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
* one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( xStart.pxNextFreeBlock );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock );
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( NULL ) ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock );
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
* was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
* BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) ) + xHeapStructSize );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pvReturn );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
* of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
* two. */
configASSERT( heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( pxBlock->xBlockSize, xWantedSize ) == 0 );
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
* block following the number of bytes requested. The void
* cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
* compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
* single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
pxNewBlockLink->pxNextFreeBlock = pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxNewBlockLink );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
* by the application and has no "next" block. */
heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock );
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) */
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void * pv )
{
uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t * pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
* before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxLink );
configASSERT( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
* allocated. */
heapFREE_BLOCK( pxLink );
#if ( configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE == 1 )
{
/* Check for underflow as this can occur if xBlockSize is
* overwritten in a heap block. */
if( heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( pxLink->xBlockSize, xHeapStructSize ) == 0 )
{
( void ) memset( puc + xHeapStructSize, 0, pxLink->xBlockSize - xHeapStructSize );
}
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize )
{
void * pv = NULL;
if( heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( xNum, xSize ) == 0 )
{
pv = pvPortMalloc( xNum * xSize );
if( pv != NULL )
{
( void ) memset( pv, 0, xNum * xSize );
}
}
return pv;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
{
BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlock;
portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uxStartAddress, uxEndAddress;
size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
uxStartAddress = ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ucHeap;
if( ( uxStartAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
uxStartAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
uxStartAddress &= ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
xTotalHeapSize -= ( size_t ) ( uxStartAddress - ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ucHeap );
}
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
{
vApplicationGetRandomHeapCanary( &( xHeapCanary ) );
}
#endif
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( uxStartAddress );
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
* at the end of the heap space. */
uxEndAddress = uxStartAddress + ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTotalHeapSize;
uxEndAddress -= ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xHeapStructSize;
uxEndAddress &= ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) uxEndAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( NULL );
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
* entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) uxStartAddress;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = ( size_t ) ( uxEndAddress - ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxFirstFreeBlock );
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxEnd );
/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
{
BlockLink_t * pxIterator;
uint8_t * puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
* than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
if( pxIterator != &xStart )
{
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator );
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
* make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
* make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
{
if( heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxEnd );
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
* before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
* already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
* to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlockToInsert );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats )
{
BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( xStart.pxNextFreeBlock );
/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised. The heap
* is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
if( pxBlock != NULL )
{
while( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
* so far. */
xBlocks++;
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
{
xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
{
xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
* reached. */
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock );
}
}
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset the state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void )
{
pxEnd = NULL;
xFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = ( size_t ) 0U;
xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = ( size_t ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

730
freertos/port/MemMang/heap_5.c
View File

@ -1,730 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() that allows the heap to be defined
* across multiple non-contiguous blocks and combines (coalescences) adjacent
* memory blocks as they are freed.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative
* implementations, and the memory management pages of https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* for more information.
*
* Usage notes:
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be called before pvPortMalloc().
* pvPortMalloc() will be called if any task objects (tasks, queues, event
* groups, etc.) are created, therefore vPortDefineHeapRegions() ***must*** be
* called before any other objects are defined.
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions() takes a single parameter. The parameter is an array
* of HeapRegion_t structures. HeapRegion_t is defined in portable.h as
*
* typedef struct HeapRegion
* {
* uint8_t *pucStartAddress; << Start address of a block of memory that will be part of the heap.
* size_t xSizeInBytes; << Size of the block of memory.
* } HeapRegion_t;
*
* The array is terminated using a NULL zero sized region definition, and the
* memory regions defined in the array ***must*** appear in address order from
* low address to high address. So the following is a valid example of how
* to use the function.
*
* HeapRegion_t xHeapRegions[] =
* {
* { ( uint8_t * ) 0x80000000UL, 0x10000 }, << Defines a block of 0x10000 bytes starting at address 0x80000000
* { ( uint8_t * ) 0x90000000UL, 0xa0000 }, << Defines a block of 0xa0000 bytes starting at address of 0x90000000
* { NULL, 0 } << Terminates the array.
* };
*
* vPortDefineHeapRegions( xHeapRegions ); << Pass the array into vPortDefineHeapRegions().
*
* Note 0x80000000 is the lower address so appears in the array first.
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 0 )
#error This file must not be used if configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION is 0
#endif
#ifndef configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE
#define configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE 0
#endif
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize << 1 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Max value that fits in a size_t type. */
#define heapSIZE_MAX ( ~( ( size_t ) 0 ) )
/* Check if multiplying a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( ( a ) > 0 ) && ( ( b ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX / ( a ) ) ) )
/* Check if adding a and b will result in overflow. */
#define heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( a ) > ( heapSIZE_MAX - ( b ) ) )
/* Check if the subtraction operation ( a - b ) will result in underflow. */
#define heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( a, b ) ( ( a ) < ( b ) )
/* MSB of the xBlockSize member of an BlockLink_t structure is used to track
* the allocation status of a block. When MSB of the xBlockSize member of
* an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the application.
* When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap space. */
#define heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ( ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 ) )
#define heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xBlockSize ) ( ( ( xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) == 0 )
#define heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxBlock ) ( ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) & heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK ) != 0 )
#define heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) |= heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
#define heapFREE_BLOCK( pxBlock ) ( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize ) &= ~heapBLOCK_ALLOCATED_BITMASK )
/* Setting configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR to 1 enables heap block pointers
* protection using an application supplied canary value to catch heap
* corruption should a heap buffer overflow occur.
*/
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
/* Macro to load/store BlockLink_t pointers to memory. By XORing the
* pointers with a random canary value, heap overflows will result
* in randomly unpredictable pointer values which will be caught by
* heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER assert. */
#define heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) ( ( BlockLink_t * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ( pxBlock ) ) ^ xHeapCanary ) )
/* Assert that a heap block pointer is within the heap bounds. */
#define heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) \
configASSERT( ( pucHeapHighAddress != NULL ) && \
( pucHeapLowAddress != NULL ) && \
( ( uint8_t * ) ( pxBlock ) >= pucHeapLowAddress ) && \
( ( uint8_t * ) ( pxBlock ) < pucHeapHighAddress ) )
#else /* if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 ) */
#define heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock ) ( pxBlock )
#define heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock )
#endif /* configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
* of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK * pxNextFreeBlock; /**< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /**< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
/**
* @brief Application provided function to get a random value to be used as canary.
*
* @param pxHeapCanary [out] Output parameter to return the canary value.
*/
extern void vApplicationGetRandomHeapCanary( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE * pxHeapCanary );
#endif /* configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
* block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( size_t ) ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BlockLink_t xStart;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static BlockLink_t * pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of calls to allocate and free memory as well as the
* number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about fragmentation. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = ( size_t ) 0U;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = ( size_t ) 0U;
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
/* Canary value for protecting internal heap pointers. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE xHeapCanary;
/* Highest and lowest heap addresses used for heap block bounds checking. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t * pucHeapHighAddress = NULL;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static uint8_t * pucHeapLowAddress = NULL;
#endif /* configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxPreviousBlock;
BlockLink_t * pxNewBlockLink;
void * pvReturn = NULL;
size_t xAdditionalRequiredSize;
/* The heap must be initialised before the first call to
* pvPortMalloc(). */
configASSERT( pxEnd );
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
/* The wanted size must be increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
* structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xHeapStructSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
* of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xAdditionalRequiredSize = portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
if( heapADD_WILL_OVERFLOW( xWantedSize, xAdditionalRequiredSize ) == 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xAdditionalRequiredSize;
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
xWantedSize = 0;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Check the block size we are trying to allocate is not so large that the
* top bit is set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t
* structure is used to determine who owns the block - the application or
* the kernel, so it must be free. */
if( heapBLOCK_SIZE_IS_VALID( xWantedSize ) != 0 )
{
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
* one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( xStart.pxNextFreeBlock );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock );
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( NULL ) ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock );
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
* was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
* BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) ) + xHeapStructSize );
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pvReturn );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
* of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
* two. */
configASSERT( heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( pxBlock->xBlockSize, xWantedSize ) == 0 );
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
* block following the number of bytes requested. The void
* cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
* compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
* single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
pxNewBlockLink->pxNextFreeBlock = pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxNewBlockLink );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
* by the application and has no "next" block. */
heapALLOCATE_BLOCK( pxBlock );
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations++;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 ) */
configASSERT( ( ( ( size_t ) pvReturn ) & ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void * pv )
{
uint8_t * puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t * pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
* before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxLink );
configASSERT( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( heapBLOCK_IS_ALLOCATED( pxLink ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
* allocated. */
heapFREE_BLOCK( pxLink );
#if ( configHEAP_CLEAR_MEMORY_ON_FREE == 1 )
{
/* Check for underflow as this can occur if xBlockSize is
* overwritten in a heap block. */
if( heapSUBTRACT_WILL_UNDERFLOW( pxLink->xBlockSize, xHeapStructSize ) == 0 )
{
( void ) memset( puc + xHeapStructSize, 0, pxLink->xBlockSize - xHeapStructSize );
}
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees++;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void * pvPortCalloc( size_t xNum,
size_t xSize )
{
void * pv = NULL;
if( heapMULTIPLY_WILL_OVERFLOW( xNum, xSize ) == 0 )
{
pv = pvPortMalloc( xNum * xSize );
if( pv != NULL )
{
( void ) memset( pv, 0, xNum * xSize );
}
}
return pv;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t * pxBlockToInsert ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
{
BlockLink_t * pxIterator;
uint8_t * puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
* than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
if( pxIterator != &xStart )
{
heapVALIDATE_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator );
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
* make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
* make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
{
if( heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxEnd );
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gap, so was merged with the block
* before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
* already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
* to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlockToInsert );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) /* PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION */
{
BlockLink_t * pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = NULL;
BlockLink_t * pxPreviousFreeBlock;
portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE xAlignedHeap;
size_t xTotalRegionSize, xTotalHeapSize = 0;
BaseType_t xDefinedRegions = 0;
portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE xAddress;
const HeapRegion_t * pxHeapRegion;
/* Can only call once! */
configASSERT( pxEnd == NULL );
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
{
vApplicationGetRandomHeapCanary( &( xHeapCanary ) );
}
#endif
pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
while( pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes > 0 )
{
xTotalRegionSize = pxHeapRegion->xSizeInBytes;
/* Ensure the heap region starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
xAddress = ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress;
if( ( xAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
xAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
xAddress &= ~( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK;
/* Adjust the size for the bytes lost to alignment. */
xTotalRegionSize -= ( size_t ) ( xAddress - ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxHeapRegion->pucStartAddress );
}
xAlignedHeap = xAddress;
/* Set xStart if it has not already been set. */
if( xDefinedRegions == 0 )
{
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of
* free blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( BlockLink_t * ) heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( xAlignedHeap );
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
}
else
{
/* Should only get here if one region has already been added to the
* heap. */
configASSERT( pxEnd != heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( NULL ) );
/* Check blocks are passed in with increasing start addresses. */
configASSERT( ( size_t ) xAddress > ( size_t ) pxEnd );
}
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
{
if( ( pucHeapLowAddress == NULL ) ||
( ( uint8_t * ) xAlignedHeap < pucHeapLowAddress ) )
{
pucHeapLowAddress = ( uint8_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
}
}
#endif /* configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR */
/* Remember the location of the end marker in the previous region, if
* any. */
pxPreviousFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is
* inserted at the end of the region space. */
xAddress = xAlignedHeap + ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTotalRegionSize;
xAddress -= ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xHeapStructSize;
xAddress &= ~( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( NULL );
/* To start with there is a single free block in this region that is
* sized to take up the entire heap region minus the space taken by the
* free block structure. */
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion = ( BlockLink_t * ) xAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize = ( size_t ) ( xAddress - ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion );
pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxEnd );
/* If this is not the first region that makes up the entire heap space
* then link the previous region to this region. */
if( pxPreviousFreeBlock != NULL )
{
pxPreviousFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion );
}
xTotalHeapSize += pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
{
if( ( pucHeapHighAddress == NULL ) ||
( ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion ) + pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize ) > pucHeapHighAddress ) )
{
pucHeapHighAddress = ( ( uint8_t * ) pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion ) + pxFirstFreeBlockInRegion->xBlockSize;
}
}
#endif
/* Move onto the next HeapRegion_t structure. */
xDefinedRegions++;
pxHeapRegion = &( pxHeapRegions[ xDefinedRegions ] );
}
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = xTotalHeapSize;
/* Check something was actually defined before it is accessed. */
configASSERT( xTotalHeapSize );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats )
{
BlockLink_t * pxBlock;
size_t xBlocks = 0, xMaxSize = 0, xMinSize = portMAX_DELAY; /* portMAX_DELAY used as a portable way of getting the maximum value. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( xStart.pxNextFreeBlock );
/* pxBlock will be NULL if the heap has not been initialised. The heap
* is initialised automatically when the first allocation is made. */
if( pxBlock != NULL )
{
while( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Increment the number of blocks and record the largest block seen
* so far. */
xBlocks++;
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize > xMaxSize )
{
xMaxSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
/* Heap five will have a zero sized block at the end of each
* each region - the block is only used to link to the next
* heap region so it not a real block. */
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize != 0 )
{
if( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xMinSize )
{
xMinSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
}
/* Move to the next block in the chain until the last block is
* reached. */
pxBlock = heapPROTECT_BLOCK_POINTER( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock );
}
}
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes = xMaxSize;
pxHeapStats->xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes = xMinSize;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfFreeBlocks = xBlocks;
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pxHeapStats->xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes = xFreeBytesRemaining;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations;
pxHeapStats->xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees;
pxHeapStats->xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset the state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState( void )
{
pxEnd = NULL;
xFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = ( size_t ) 0U;
xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations = ( size_t ) 0U;
xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees = ( size_t ) 0U;
#if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 )
pucHeapHighAddress = NULL;
pucHeapLowAddress = NULL;
#endif /* #if ( configENABLE_HEAP_PROTECTOR == 1 ) */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

793
freertos/port/port.c
View File

@ -1,793 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#if configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY == 0
#error configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0. See http: /*www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
#endif
/* Legacy macro for backward compatibility only. This macro used to be used to
* replace the function that configures the clock used to generate the tick
* interrupt (prvSetupTimerInterrupt()), but now the function is declared weak so
* the application writer can override it by simply defining a function of the
* same name (vApplicationSetupTickInterrupt()). */
#ifndef configOVERRIDE_DEFAULT_TICK_CONFIGURATION
#define configOVERRIDE_DEFAULT_TICK_CONFIGURATION 0
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SHPR3_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_SET_BIT ( 1UL << 26UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
#define portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( 255UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) portMIN_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
* occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
* calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 94UL )
/* For strict compliance with the Cortex-M spec the task start address should
* have bit-0 clear, as it is loaded into the PC on exit from an ISR. */
#define portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK ( ( StackType_t ) 0xfffffffeUL )
/* Let the user override the default SysTick clock rate. If defined by the
* user, this symbol must equal the SysTick clock rate when the CLK bit is 0 in the
* configuration register. */
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ )
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT )
#else
/* Select the option to clock SysTick not at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG ( 0 )
#endif
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void );
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void );
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvStartFirstTask( void );
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
* variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( uint8_t * ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
* interrupt. */
pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( ( StackType_t ) pxCode ) & portSTART_ADDRESS_MASK; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) prvTaskExitError; /* LR */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
* its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
* should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
*
* Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
* defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
for( ; ; )
{
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__asm void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
PRESERVE8
ldr r3, = pxCurrentTCB /* Restore the context. */
ldr r1, [ r3 ] /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
ldr r0, [ r1 ] /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
ldmia r0 !, { r4 - r11 } /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
msr psp, r0 /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
isb
mov r0, # 0
msr basepri, r0
orr r14, # 0xd
bx r14
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__asm void prvStartFirstTask( void )
{
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
PRESERVE8
/* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
ldr r0, =0xE000ED08
ldr r0, [ r0 ]
ldr r0, [ r0 ]
/* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
msr msp, r0
/* Globally enable interrupts. */
cpsie i
cpsie f
dsb
isb
/* Call SVC to start the first task. */
svc 0
nop
nop
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint8_t ucOriginalPriority;
volatile uint32_t ulImplementedPrioBits = 0;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( uint8_t * ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
* functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
* "FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
* ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
*
* Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ucOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
* possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Check that the maximum system call priority is nonzero after
* accounting for the number of priority bits supported by the
* hardware. A priority of 0 is invalid because setting the BASEPRI
* register to 0 unmasks all interrupts, and interrupts with priority 0
* cannot be masked using BASEPRI.
* See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( ucMaxSysCallPriority );
/* Check that the bits not implemented in hardware are zero in
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY. */
configASSERT( ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ( ~ucMaxPriorityValue ) ) == 0U );
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
* of bits read back. */
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulImplementedPrioBits++;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
if( ulImplementedPrioBits == 8 )
{
/* When the hardware implements 8 priority bits, there is no way for
* the software to configure PRIGROUP to not have sub-priorities. As
* a result, the least significant bit is always used for sub-priority
* and there are 128 preemption priorities and 2 sub-priorities.
*
* This may cause some confusion in some cases - for example, if
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is set to 5, both 5 and 4
* priority interrupts will be masked in Critical Sections as those
* are at the same preemption priority. This may appear confusing as
* 4 is higher (numerically lower) priority than
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY and therefore, should not
* have been masked. Instead, if we set configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
* to 4, this confusion does not happen and the behaviour remains the same.
*
* The following assert ensures that the sub-priority bit in the
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is clear to avoid the above mentioned
* confusion. */
configASSERT( ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & 0x1U ) == 0U );
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
}
else
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS - ulImplementedPrioBits;
}
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
* register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
* value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ucOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SHPR3_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SHPR3_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
* here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Start the first task. */
prvStartFirstTask();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
* Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
* assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
* functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
* the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
* assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__asm void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
extern uxCriticalNesting;
extern pxCurrentTCB;
extern vTaskSwitchContext;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
PRESERVE8
mrs r0, psp
isb
ldr r3, =pxCurrentTCB /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
ldr r2, [ r3 ]
stmdb r0 !, { r4 - r11 } /* Save the remaining registers. */
str r0, [ r2 ] /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
stmdb sp !, { r3, r14 }
mov r0, #configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
msr basepri, r0
dsb
isb
bl vTaskSwitchContext
mov r0, #0
msr basepri, r0
ldmia sp !, { r3, r14 }
ldr r1, [ r3 ]
ldr r0, [ r1 ] /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
ldmia r0 !, { r4 - r11 } /* Pop the registers and the critical nesting count. */
msr psp, r0
isb
bx r14
nop
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
* executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
* save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
* known - therefore the slightly faster vPortRaiseBASEPRI() function is used
* in place of portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(). */
vPortRaiseBASEPRI();
traceISR_ENTER();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER();
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
* the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
else
{
traceISR_EXIT();
}
}
vPortClearBASEPRIFromISR();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
__weak void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements, ulSysTickDecrementsLeft;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
* method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__disable_irq();
__dsb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
__isb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
* to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the __disable_irq()
* call above. */
__enable_irq();
}
else
{
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
* is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
* inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
* kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
/* Use the SysTick current-value register to determine the number of
* SysTick decrements remaining until the next tick interrupt. If the
* current-value register is zero, then there are actually
* ulTimerCountsForOneTick decrements remaining, not zero, because the
* SysTick requests the interrupt when decrementing from 1 to 0. */
ulSysTickDecrementsLeft = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
if( ulSysTickDecrementsLeft == 0 )
{
ulSysTickDecrementsLeft = ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
}
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
* tick periods. -1 is used because this code normally executes part
* way through the first tick period. But if the SysTick IRQ is now
* pending, then clear the IRQ, suppressing the first tick, and correct
* the reload value to reflect that the second tick period is already
* underway. The expected idle time is always at least two ticks. */
ulReloadValue = ulSysTickDecrementsLeft + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_SET_BIT ) != 0 )
{
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT;
ulReloadValue -= ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
}
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
* zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
* set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
* its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
* should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
* time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__dsb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
__wfi();
__isb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Re-enable interrupts to allow the interrupt that brought the MCU
* out of sleep mode to execute immediately. See comments above
* the __disable_irq() call above. */
__enable_irq();
__dsb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
__isb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
/* Disable interrupts again because the clock is about to be stopped
* and interrupts that execute while the clock is stopped will increase
* any slippage between the time maintained by the RTOS and calendar
* time. */
__disable_irq();
__dsb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
__isb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE );
/* Disable the SysTick clock without reading the
* portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG register to ensure the
* portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT is not cleared if it is set. Again,
* the time the SysTick is stopped for is accounted for as best it can
* be, but using the tickless mode will inevitably result in some tiny
* drift of the time maintained by the kernel with respect to calendar
* time*/
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT );
/* Determine whether the SysTick has already counted to zero. */
if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt ended the sleep (or is now pending), and
* a new tick period has started. Reset portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
* with whatever remains of the new tick period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
* underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
* that took too long or because the SysTick current-value register
* is zero. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue <= ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* As the pending tick will be processed as soon as this
* function exits, the tick value maintained by the tick is stepped
* forward by one less than the time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep. */
/* Use the SysTick current-value register to determine the
* number of SysTick decrements remaining until the expected idle
* time would have ended. */
ulSysTickDecrementsLeft = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
#if ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG != portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT )
{
/* If the SysTick is not using the core clock, the current-
* value register might still be zero here. In that case, the
* SysTick didn't load from the reload register, and there are
* ulReloadValue decrements remaining in the expected idle
* time, not zero. */
if( ulSysTickDecrementsLeft == 0 )
{
ulSysTickDecrementsLeft = ulReloadValue;
}
}
#endif /* portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG */
/* Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
* periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
* ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulSysTickDecrementsLeft;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
* was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
* period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1UL ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG again,
* then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard value. If
* the SysTick is not using the core clock, temporarily configure it to
* use the core clock. This configuration forces the SysTick to load
* from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG immediately instead of at the next
* cycle of the other clock. Then portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG is ready
* to receive the standard value immediately. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
#if ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG == portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT )
{
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
}
#else
{
/* The temporary usage of the core clock has served its purpose,
* as described above. Resume usage of the other clock. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT;
if( ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
/* The partial tick period already ended. Be sure the SysTick
* counts it only once. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0;
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
}
#endif /* portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG */
/* Step the tick to account for any tick periods that elapsed. */
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
/* Exit with interrupts enabled. */
__enable_irq();
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the SysTick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
#if ( configOVERRIDE_DEFAULT_TICK_CONFIGURATION == 0 )
__weak void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if ( configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1 )
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Stop and clear the SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = 0UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT_CONFIG | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
#endif /* configOVERRIDE_DEFAULT_TICK_CONFIGURATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__asm uint32_t vPortGetIPSR( void )
{
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
PRESERVE8
mrs r0, ipsr
bx r14
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
ulCurrentInterrupt = vPortGetIPSR();
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
* an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
* function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
* from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*
* Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
* interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
* be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*
* Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
* default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
* which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
* and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
*
* FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
* interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
*
* The following links provide detailed information:
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
* that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
* define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
* the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
* to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
* this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
*
* If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
* configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
* devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
* scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
* assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
* of zero will result in unpredictable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */

280
freertos/port/portmacro.h
View File

@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
* not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#else
#error configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS set to unsupported tick type width.
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/* Constants used with memory barrier intrinsics. */
#define portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE ( 15 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
#define portYIELD() \
{ \
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ \
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT; \
\
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely \
* within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */ \
__dsb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE ); \
__isb( portSY_FULL_READ_WRITE ); \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( *( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) \
do \
{ \
if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) \
{ \
traceISR_EXIT_TO_SCHEDULER(); \
portYIELD(); \
} \
else \
{ \
traceISR_EXIT(); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortSetBASEPRI( 0 )
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) vPortSetBASEPRI( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Port specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Check the configuration. */
#if ( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31UL - ( uint32_t ) __clz( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* taskRECORD_READY_PRIORITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
* not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
* (which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void * pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void * pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#define portINLINE __inline
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulBASEPRI )
{
__asm
{
/* Barrier instructions are not used as this function is only used to
* lower the BASEPRI value. */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
msr basepri, ulBASEPRI
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY;
__asm
{
/* Set BASEPRI to the max syscall priority to effect a critical
* section. */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
msr basepri, ulNewBASEPRI
dsb
isb
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void vPortClearBASEPRIFromISR( void )
{
__asm
{
/* Set BASEPRI to 0 so no interrupts are masked. This function is only
* used to lower the mask in an interrupt, so memory barriers are not
* used. */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
msr basepri, # 0
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulReturn, ulNewBASEPRI = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY;
__asm
{
/* Set BASEPRI to the max syscall priority to effect a critical
* section. */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
mrs ulReturn, basepri
msr basepri, ulNewBASEPRI
dsb
isb
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
return ulReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portFORCE_INLINE BaseType_t xPortIsInsideInterrupt( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm
{
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
mrs ulCurrentInterrupt, ipsr
/* *INDENT-ON* */
}
if( ulCurrentInterrupt == 0 )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
return xReturn;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

33
freertos/readme.md
View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
## 移植
https://blog.csdn.net/ctt15703065585/article/details/139291183
## 创建任务
```c
static TaskHandle_t xxx_task_handle = NULL; // 定义任务句柄
static void xxx_task(void *pvParameters)
{
for (;;)
{
vTaskDelay(1000);
}
}
void task_init()
{
// 创建任务
xTaskCreate((TaskFunction_t)xxx_task,
(const char *)"xxx_task",
(uint16_t)configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE,
(void *)NULL,
(UBaseType_t)1,
(TaskHandle_t *)&xxx_task_handle);
}
```
## 信号量
```c
```

405
freertos/src/croutine.c
View File

@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file if co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /**< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /**< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /**< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /**< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
do { \
if( ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxCRCB )->xGenericListItem ) ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineCreate( pxCoRoutineCode, uxPriority, uxIndex );
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.1 [Malloc memory assignment] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineCreate( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
traceENTER_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pxEventList );
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
traceENTER_vCoRoutineSchedule();
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( pxEventList );
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vCoRoutineResetState( void )
{
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
/* Other file private variables. */
pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

884
freertos/src/event_groups.c
View File

@ -1,884 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* The MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined
* for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the
* correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
* to include event groups functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
* of this file. If you want to include event groups then ensure
* configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#if ( configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS == 1 )
typedef struct EventGroupDef_t
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /**< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /**< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
traceENTER_xEventGroupCreateStatic( pxEventGroupBuffer );
/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
* variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
* event group structure. */
volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
/* MISRA Ref 11.3.1 [Misaligned access] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-113 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_3_violation] */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer;
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
* this event group was created statically in case the event group
* is later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
/* xEventGroupCreateStatic should only ever be called with
* pxEventGroupBuffer pointing to a pre-allocated (compile time
* allocated) StaticEventGroup_t variable. */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
traceRETURN_xEventGroupCreateStatic( pxEventBits );
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits;
traceENTER_xEventGroupCreate();
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.1 [Malloc memory assignment] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
* event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
* later deleted. */
pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
traceRETURN_xEventGroupCreate( pxEventBits );
return pxEventBits;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
traceENTER_xEventGroupSync( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTicksToWait );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
* already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
* task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
* found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
* the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
* warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
* assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
* specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
taskYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
* point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
* the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
* event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
* bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
* unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
* then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
* returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
traceRETURN_xEventGroupSync( uxReturn );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
traceENTER_xEventGroupWaitBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xClearOnExit, xWaitForAllBits, xTicksToWait );
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
* itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
* block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
* specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
* set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
* this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
* unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
* task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
* found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
* some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
* being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
taskYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
* point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
* the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
* event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
* task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
traceRETURN_xEventGroupWaitBits( uxReturn );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
traceENTER_xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
* itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
* cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
traceRETURN_xEventGroupClearBits( uxReturn );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceENTER_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
traceRETURN_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t const * const pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
traceENTER_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup );
/* MISRA Ref 4.7.1 [Return value shall be checked] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#dir-47 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_directive_4_7_violation] */
uxSavedInterruptStatus = taskENTER_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
traceRETURN_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( uxReturn );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t * pxListItem;
ListItem_t * pxNext;
ListItem_t const * pxListEnd;
List_t const * pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
traceENTER_xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
* itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
* item before removing the task from the event list. The
* eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
* that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
* than because it timed out. */
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
* used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
* and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
* bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
traceRETURN_xEventGroupSetBits( pxEventBits->uxEventBits );
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
const List_t * pxTasksWaitingForBits;
traceENTER_vEventGroupDelete( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( pxEventBits );
pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
* and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
{
/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
* it again. */
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
#elif ( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
{
/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
* dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
{
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceRETURN_vEventGroupDelete();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t * pxEventBits = xEventGroup;
traceENTER_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( xEventGroup, ppxEventGroupBuffer );
configASSERT( pxEventBits );
configASSERT( ppxEventGroupBuffer );
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
{
/* Check if the event group was statically allocated. */
if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdTRUE )
{
/* MISRA Ref 11.3.1 [Misaligned access] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-113 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_3_violation] */
*ppxEventGroupBuffer = ( StaticEventGroup_t * ) pxEventBits;
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
}
#else /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
{
/* Event group must have been statically allocated. */
/* MISRA Ref 11.3.1 [Misaligned access] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-113 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_3_violation] */
*ppxEventGroupBuffer = ( StaticEventGroup_t * ) pxEventBits;
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
traceRETURN_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
* an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
traceENTER_vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( pvEventGroup, ulBitsToSet );
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.4 [Callback function parameter] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
traceRETURN_vEventGroupSetBitsCallback();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
* an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
traceENTER_vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( pvEventGroup, ulBitsToClear );
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.4 [Callback function parameter] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
traceRETURN_vEventGroupClearBitsCallback();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
* set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
* Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceENTER_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
traceRETURN_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.2 [Opaque pointer] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
EventGroup_t const * pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
traceENTER_uxEventGroupGetNumber( xEventGroup );
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
traceRETURN_uxEventGroupGetNumber( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
{
traceENTER_vEventGroupSetNumber( xEventGroup, uxEventGroupNumber );
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.2 [Opaque pointer] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber;
traceRETURN_vEventGroupSetNumber();
}
#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
* to include event groups functionality. If you want to include event groups
* then ensure configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#endif /* configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS == 1 */

246
freertos/src/list.c
View File

@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* The MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialise( pxList );
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
/* Initialize the remaining fields of xListEnd when it is a proper ListItem_t */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 0 )
{
pxList->xListEnd.pvOwner = NULL;
pxList->xListEnd.pxContainer = NULL;
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
}
#endif
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
traceRETURN_vListInitialise();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialiseItem( pxItem );
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
traceRETURN_vListInitialiseItem();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
traceENTER_vListInsertEnd( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsertEnd();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
traceENTER_vListInsert( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
* 5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
* the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsert();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
traceENTER_uxListRemove( pxItemToRemove );
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems - 1U );
traceRETURN_uxListRemove( pxList->uxNumberOfItems );
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

3364
freertos/src/queue.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1718
freertos/src/stream_buffer.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

8696
freertos/src/tasks.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1340
freertos/src/timers.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
lib/src/debug.c
View File

@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ BOOL DBG_ASSERT(uint8_t cond _DBG_LINE_)
{
// dbg_assert_line = line;
#if DEBUG_ENABLE == FALSE
sys_soft_reset();
// sys_soft_reset();
#endif
// leds_on(LEDS_ORANGE);
// leds_on(LEDS_ORANGE);
while (1)
{
LOG_ERR("DBG_ASSERT:%d", line);

0
freertos/os.h → os.h
View File